‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠ ـﺔ ‪‬ﺗﻌﻠـ ـﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟ‪‬ــ ـ ـﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪                  ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺘﻨﺞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﻣﻔـﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠـﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ؛ ﺃﻥﱠ ﻗﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴـﺮﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣـﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺮﺿـﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘـﺔ ﻟﻴﺴـﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟـ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ ‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺮ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺇﻥﹶّ ﺍﻻﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ﻻﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻲ ﻟﻐـﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺠـﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺠـﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨــﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻌــﺮﻑ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔــﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﺑــﻴﻦ ﻟﻐــﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋــﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﺭﺍﻛــﻞ ﻭﺑــﻴﻦ ﻟﻐــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ Microsoft Access‬ﻭﺃﻗـﺮﺏ ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ ، Microsoft SQL Server‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﺃﻧﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﺒﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻴﺴﻚ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨــﻚ ﻣــﻦ ﻋﻤــﻞ ﺑــﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫــﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺘﻌــﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸــﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜــﻮﻥ ﺑــﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻗﻮﺍﻋــﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨـﻚ ﺍﻟـﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺣـﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌـﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺒﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳـﺔ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻨـﺔ ؛ ﺇﺫ ﺗﺘﻤﺘـﻊ ﺑﺄﻣـﺎﻥ ﻋـﺎﻟﻲ ﺟـﺪﺍﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﺳـﺒﺐ ﺃﺳﺎﺳـﻲ ﻻﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﻈﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪..‬‬
 ‫• ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔﹰ ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻮﺟــﺪ ﻟــﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴــﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣــﻞ ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺃﺷــﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌــﺪﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤــﺎ ﻳﺴــﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، DEVELOPER‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳــﻖ ﻧﻤــﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﺗﻘــﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻭﺭﺳــﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴــﺔ ﻭﻟﻜــﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣــﻞ ﻣــﻊ ﻗﺎﻋــﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﻏﻴــﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ )‪٠ (Administer‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ) ‪. ( Developer‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻤـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧـﺘﻘﻦ ﻟﻐـﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻭ‬
‫‪.. PL/SQL‬ﺛـﻢ ﻧـﺪﺧﻞ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟــ ‪ DEVELOPER‬ﺑﺠﺰﺃﻳـﻪ ﺍﻟــ ‪ FORM‬ﻭﺍﻟــ ‪ ..REPORT‬ﻭﺳـﻮﻑ ﻧﺒـﺪﺃ ﻫﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻮﺭﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟـ ‪ SQL‬ﺛﻢ ‪.. PL/SQL‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬

‫‪Structured Query Language‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣـﺮ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒـﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻛـﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺻـﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄـﻮﻳﺮ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺷـﺮﻛﺔ ‪ IBM‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼـﻒ ﺍﻟﺴـﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧـﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪ System R‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺌﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻓﻲ ‪١٩٧٦‬ﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ‪ INM Journal of R&D‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ SEQUEL2‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ORACLE‬ﻓﻲ ‪١٩٧٩‬ﻡ ﺇﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﺴﺤﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪. SQL‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻐـﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻫـﻲ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﻋـﻦ ﻟﻐـﺔ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴـﺔ ‪، Non-Procedural Language‬ﻷﻧﻬـﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤــﺎ ﺃﻧﻬــﺎ ﺗﺤﺘــﻮﻱ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺃﻭﺍﻣــﺮ ﻹﻧﺠــﺎﺯ ﻣﻬــﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔــﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻌــﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺤــﺚ ﻋــﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ SQL*Plus SQL ‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ‪ SQL‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ‪ Oracle Server‬ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، SQL‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ‪ SQL buffer‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣــﺎ ‪ SQL*Plus‬ﻓﻬــﻲ ﻋﺒــﺎﺭﺓ ﻋــﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛــﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌــﺮﻑ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤــﺎﺕ ‪SQL‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﺿـﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻـﺔ ﺑﻬـﺎ ﺳـﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺸـﺮﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻧﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛـﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔ ﻧﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼـﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺋـﻪ ﺻـﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼـﺎﻝ ﺑﻘﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ )‪ ، (GRANT‬ﻭﻣﻨﺤـﻪ‬
‫ﺻـﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻴـﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳـﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ) ‪ ، ( REVOKE‬ﻛـﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨـﺎ ﺇﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ ، (ALTER‬ﻭﺣـــﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺠـــﺪﺍﻭﻝ )‪ (DROP‬ﺍﻟﻐﻴـــﺮ ﻣﺮﻏـــﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬـــﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫)‪ ، (CREATE‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌـــﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻛـــﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺴـــﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣـــﻞﺀ ﺍﻟﺠـــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـــﺎﺕ )‪ ، (INSERT‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌـــﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠـــﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠـــﺔ‬
‫)‪ ، (UPDATE‬ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ (DELETE‬ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﺮﻏـﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌـﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﻤـﻞ ﻟـﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ )‪. (SELECT‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ SQL‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴـﺎﻡ ‪،‬ﺣﻴـﺚﹸ ﺗﺸـﻜﻞ ﻛـﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣـﺮ ﻟﻐـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪-: (DDL) Data Definition Language‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ) ‪.( CREATE TABLE‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ) ‪.( ALTER TABLE‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ‪.( DROP TABLE‬‬
‫ﺣﻴــﺚ ﻳﻘﺘﺼــﺮ ﻋﻤــﻞ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣــﺮ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﺠــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻟﻬــﺎ ﻓﻘــﻂ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌــﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪-: (DML) Data Manipulation Language  -٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ) ‪.( INSERT INTO‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ) ‪. ( UPDATE‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ) ‪. ( DELETE‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ) ‪. ( SELECT‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺑـﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣـﻦ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌـﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪-: (DCL) Data Control Language‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪-٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ )‪. (GRANT‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ )‪. (REVOKE‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻑ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘـﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣﻌـﻪ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘـﻪ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﺳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪..‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ﺑﺒﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ )‪، ( Non-Procedural Language‬ﻷﻧﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣــﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﺳــﺠﻼﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗــﺖ ﻧﻔﺴــﻪ ﻭﻟـﻴﺲ ﻣــﻊ ﺳـﺠﻞ ﻭﺣﻴــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻟﻐــﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ‪ Oracle Server‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪..‬‬
‫• ‪ SQL*Plus‬ﻋﺒــﺎﺭﺓ ﻋــﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛــﻞ ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌــﺮﻑ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤــﺎﺕ ‪SQL‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺴﻢ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ SQL‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪. ( DDL‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪. ( DML‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪.( DCL‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــــــــﻒ‬

‫‪Email:[email protected]‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠــﺔ ‪‬ﺗﻌﻠـــﻢ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟ‪‬ــ ـ ـﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹰ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ ؛ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Data‬‬
‫‪ ، (DML) Manipulation Language‬ﻭﺑــﺎﻷﺧﺺ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤــﺔ ﺍﻹﺳــﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺿــﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.. Select‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨــﺎ ﻫﻨــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺿــﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻧــﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﻄــﻮﺍ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎﺝ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛــﻞ ﺑﻘــﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔـﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘـﻰ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﻮﻳﺎﹰ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻟـﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﺸـﺮﺡ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﺱ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺩﺭﺳـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻻﻫﻤـﺎ ﻧﺘﺤـﺪﺙ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻋـﻦ ﻗـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪، SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺤـﻪ ﺻـﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼـﺎﻝ ﺑﻘﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ‪..‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬـﺎ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪.. SQL * Plus 3.3‬ﻭﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪..‬‬
‫‪-: SQL * Plus 3.3 ‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪... SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻚ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺴـﺆﺍﻟﻚ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ User name‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤــﺮﻭﺭ ‪ Password‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﻗﺎﻋــﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ‪ Database‬ﻓــﻲ ﺣــﺎﻝ ﻛﻨــﺖ ﺗﺴــﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼـﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨـﻚ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺮﻭﺭ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑـﺔ ﺍﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪..‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺸﺊ ﻣﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧـﺎﺹ ﺑـﻚ‬
‫‪..‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫* ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪ system‬؛ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﻭﺍﺭﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺻﺢ ‪..‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ‪..‬‬

‫‪system‬‬

‫‪manager ‬‬
 ‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ‪.. scott‬‬

‫‪scott ‬‬
‫‪tiger ‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨـﻚ ﻋـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘـﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺼـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧـﺎﺹ ﺑـﻚ ‪..‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺴــﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺋــﻚ ﺑﻌــﺾ ﺍﻟﺴــﻤﺎﺣﻴﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺼــﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ( ﻣﺜــﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼــﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺿــﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤــﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌــﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ‪..‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻨﺘﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺳـﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻐـﺔ ‪ DCL‬ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻣـﺮﻳﻦ ‪ grant‬ﻭ ‪، revoke‬ﻭﺣﺘـﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺣﺎﻟﻴـﺎﹰ ﻟﻸﻣـﺮ ‪ ، grant‬ﻭﻓـﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﺱٍ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣـﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷـﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ؛‬
‫ﺳﻨﺘﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ revoke‬ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻪ ‪..‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻘﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄـﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧـﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿـﻞ ؛ ﺣﺘـﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ..‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀﻩ ﻫﻮ ‪ ali :‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‬
‫‪).. aaa‬ﻃﺒﻌﺄﹰ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺸﻰﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﻫﺎ ( ‪..‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> create user ali identified by aaa‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺸﺊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻢ ‪ ، ali‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎﹰ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪.. aaa :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ERROR at line 1 :‬‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ORA-01031 :‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺸﺊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺻﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪..‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ system‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪..‬‬

‫‪SQL> connect system‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪SQL> connect‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻃﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ )‪ ( Enter‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ) ‪.. ( password‬‬

‫‪Enter password‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻨﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ system‬ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ manager‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫******* ‪Enter password :‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Connected .‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺎﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪..‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> create user ali identified by aaa‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪..‬‬
‫‪User created.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ali‬ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.. grant‬‬
‫;‪SQL> grant connect to ali‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ali‬ﺣﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Grant succeeded.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ali‬ﺣﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮٍ ﻣﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋـﻪ ﺣـﻖ ﺍﻹﺗﺼـﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈـﺎﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ‪..‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ، SQL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧـﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨـﺪ ﻇﻬـﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻗـﻢ ﺑﺎﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺍﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑـ ‪ /‬ﺛﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﺘـﺐ ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺮ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ‬
‫‪..‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪..‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪.. OK‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪..‬‬

‫‪‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ ، SQL * Plus 3.3‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﺘﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ (SQL * Plus 3.3‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ )‪(SQL * Plus 3.3‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﻓﻀﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ‪ system :‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‬
‫‪ manager :‬ﻭ ‪ scott‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪..tiger :‬‬
‫• ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ )‪ (SQL * Plus 3.3‬ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> create user name user identified by password‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪ name user‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ password‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥﹸ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪SQL> connect‬‬

‫• ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> grant connect to name user‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪ name user‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪..‬‬
‫****************************************************************************************************‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱِ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ ،SQL * Plus 3.3‬ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪.‬ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴـــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــﻒ‬

‫‪Email:[email protected]‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠــﺔ ‪‬ﺗﻌﻠـــﻢ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟ‪‬ــ ـ ـﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 3.3‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺸﺮﺡ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪.. SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ، SQL‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪SQL * Plus‬‬
‫‪ ، 3.3‬ﻭﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫• ‪ Append ‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻨﻀﻴﻔﻪ ‪sql>A‬‬

‫‪sql>select ename from‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ‪ :‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ emp‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ from‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪Sql>A emp‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪sql>select ename from emp‬‬

‫• ‪ Change‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔٍ ﻣﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄـﺄ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ ﻷﻧﻨـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺑﻴﺌـﺔ ‪ SQL * Plus 3.3‬ﻻﻧﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪..‬‬
 ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪..‬‬
‫‪sql> C / old /new‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪..‬ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪ old‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ‪‬ﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ new‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪sql>select enamee from emp dept‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ enamee‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ename‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫‪sql> c / enamee / ename‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﺺ ﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪sql>C[HANGE] / text /‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫; ‪sql>select ename from emp dept‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ dept‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪sql> c / dept /‬‬
‫* ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻨﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟـ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪sql>select ename from emp‬‬

‫• ‪Clear buffer SQL‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ SQL‬ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺉ ‪ ، SQL buffer‬ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺢ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫;)‪sql>clear buffer (cl buff‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪sql>select * from tab‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪..‬ﻭﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺓ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ‪.. SQL buffer‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪..‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> cl buff‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫‪buffer cleared‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬.. shift +Delete ‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ‬ E
.. ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

 

 

Save  •
.. ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬SQL ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
sql>sav filename.sql

 sql‫ ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‬، ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ‬filename.sql ‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ‬ E

SCOOT ‫ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬، ‫ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬: ‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ‬
.. ‫ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬.. tiger ‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
SQL> select * from tab ;

TNAME TABTYPE CLUSTERID

--------- ------- ------------------------------
BONUS TABLE
DEPT TABLE
EMP TABLE
SALGRADE TABLE
SECTION TABLE
STUDENT TABLE

6 rows selected ;
: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬.. ‫ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﺠﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬Select ‫ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ‬

sql>sav ali.sql ;
 ‫ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Created file ali.sql‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ‪... ali.sql‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻔﻈﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬

‫• ‪Get ‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ SQL ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ‪..‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ..‬‬
‫‪sql>get filename.sql‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪filename.sql‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ SQL ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﻘﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻔﻈﻨﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪.. ali.sql‬‬
‫;‪SQL> get ali.sql‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ‪..‬‬
‫‪1* select * from tab‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺚ ‪.. SQL‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪/‬‬

‫‪SQL> /‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪..‬‬
‫‪TNAME‬‬ ‫‪TABTYPE CLUSTERID‬‬
‫‪------------------------------ ------- ---------‬‬
‫‪BONUS‬‬ ‫‪TABLE‬‬
‫‪DEPT‬‬ ‫‪TABLE‬‬
‫‪EMP‬‬ ‫‪TABLE‬‬
‫‪SALGRADE‬‬ ‫‪TABLE‬‬
‫‪SECTION‬‬ ‫‪TABLE‬‬
‫‪STUDENT‬‬ ‫‪TABLE‬‬

‫‪6 rows selected.‬‬

‫• ‪Start ‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻠﻒ ؛ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪sql>star filename.sql‬‬
 ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪..‬‬
‫‪sql> @ filename.sql‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪ ali.sql‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪..‬‬

‫;‪SQL> star ali.sql‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪..‬‬
‫;‪SQL> @ ali.sql‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﹰ ‪..‬‬

‫• ‪Edit ‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪SQL> ed‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪.. Enter‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Wrote file afiedt.buf‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﺮﺓ )ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟـ‪: (Windows‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻈﻬــﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑ ـﺎﹰ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬــﺎ ؛ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﺗــﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠــﻒ ‪..‬ﻭﻋﻨــﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺴــﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌــﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺑﻴﺌـﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ SQL‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺴـﺨﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺼـﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓـﻲ ﺑﻴﺌــﺔ ‪ ، SQL‬ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﺗﻔﻀــﻴﻞ ﺧـﺎﻃﺊ ﺑــﻞ ﻫــﻮ ﻧـﺎﺟﻢ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺴـﻞ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑـﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴــﺔ ﻟﻜــﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ‪..‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﻃﺊ ‪ ،‬ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏٍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬

‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺋﻚ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻒٍ ﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪ ..‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪..‬‬

‫;‪SQL> ed ali.sql‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌــﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻨــﺎ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳــﺮ ﻓــﻲ ﺑﻴﺌــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜــﺮﺓ ‪..‬ﻧﻨﺘﺒــﻪ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻋــﺪ ﻡ ﺍﻧﻬــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤــﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺻــﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺚ ‪.. SQL‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻃﺔ ; ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻩ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪/‬‬

‫• ‪Describe ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ ﺩ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ )ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺺ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪..‬ﺍﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ‪..‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪..‬‬
‫;‪SQL> desc tablename‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪ tablename‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ .. emp‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫;‪SQL> desc emp‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Null? Type‬‬
‫‪------------------------------- -------- ----‬‬
‫‪EMPNO‬‬ ‫)‪NOT NULL NUMBER(4‬‬
‫‪ENAME‬‬ ‫)‪VARCHAR2(10‬‬
‫‪JOB‬‬ ‫)‪VARCHAR2(9‬‬
‫‪MGR‬‬ ‫)‪NUMBER(4‬‬
‫‪HIREDATE‬‬ ‫‪DATE‬‬
‫‪SAL‬‬ ‫)‪NUMBER(7,2‬‬
‫‪COMM‬‬ ‫)‪NUMBER(7,2‬‬
‫‪DEPTNO‬‬ ‫)‪NUMBER(2‬‬

‫‪‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪-: SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻨﻀﻴﻔﻪ ‪sql>A‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪sql> C / old /new‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪ old‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ‪‬ﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ new‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> cl buff‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺩﺍﺭﺉ )ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ( ‪: SQL‬‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪-: SQL * Plus 3.3‬‬
‫‪sql>sav filename.sql‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪filename.sql‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‪sql‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫‪sql>get filename.sql‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪filename.sql‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ‪ ..‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫‪sql>star filename.sql‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪..‬‬
‫‪sql> @ filename.sql‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪filename.sql‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪SQL> ed‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪..‬‬
‫;‪SQL> desc tablename‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪ tablename‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪..‬‬

‫****************************************************************************************************‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱِ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺠﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ‪.. Select‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪.‬ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــﻒ‬

‫‪Email:[email protected]‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠــﺔ ‪‬ﺗﻌﻠـــﻢ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟ‪‬ــ ـ ـﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪SQL ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴـﺔ ﻟﻐـﺔ ‪ ، D.D.L‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻟﻐـﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﺒـﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼﹰ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ‪ ، SQL‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗـﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑـ ‪ ، ORACLE‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ) ‪. ( CREATE TABLE‬‬
‫• ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ) ‪. ( ALTER TABLE‬‬
‫• ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ‪. ( DROP TABLE‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫‪: CREATE TABLE‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )‪. (new table‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ )‪. (copied table‬‬
‫‪ create new table‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ CREATE‬ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫;) ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ( ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪CREATE TABLE‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁﹸ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ‪ 30‬ﺣﺮﻓﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗـﻨـﻄﺒـﻖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺨﺰﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻘﺎﹰ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ ، ORACLE 8‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ CHAR ‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻮ ‪2000‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬ ‫)‪CHAR (16‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ var char ‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻮ ‪ 4000‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪ .‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬ ‫)‪VARCHAR (50‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪var char2 ‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻮ ‪ 4000‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪ .‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬ ‫)‪VARCHAR2 (50‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ VARCHAR & VARCHAR2‬؟‬
‫ﺃﻥ ‪ var char2‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻮ ﺣﺠﺰﻧﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣـﻦ ‪ ٦‬ﺧﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ ٦‬ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ var char‬ﻓﺴـﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺠـﺰ ﺟﻤﻴـﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺣﺘـﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ NUMBER‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜــﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘــﻞ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗــﺎﻡ )‪ ( ٩ .....٢،١،٠‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳــﺪ ﻃــﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻘــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪..‬‬
‫‪‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬ ‫)‪NUMBER (50‬‬

‫‪ NUMBER‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‪( ٩ .....٢،١،٠‬‬
‫) ‪ NUMBER ( I , j‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ‪ I‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﺷﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﻳﻀـﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣـﺎ ‪j‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ RAW‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ 2000‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪: DATE ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ )ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LONG‬‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 2‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪) LONG RAW‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 2‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪) ROWID‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٨‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪) BLOB‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪) CLOB‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﻑ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪) NCLOB‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﻑ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺗﺎﺕ (‪.‬‬
‫‪) BFILE‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺳــﻨﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘــﺔ ﺇﻧﺸــﺎﺀ ﺟــﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳــﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻋﻄــﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻟــﻪ ﺗﻌــﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴــﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻚ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ‪ :‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ SCHOOL‬ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 30‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ )ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ( ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 15‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪. 30‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻭ ﺳﻨﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪..‬‬

‫‪CREATE TABLE SCHOOL‬‬

‫(‬
‫‪ ] ,‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻗـﻴﻮﺩ [ )ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ( ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ ] ,‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴـﻮﺩ [ )ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ( ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫‪……………………………………………………….. ,‬‬
‫‪……………………………………………………….. ,‬‬
‫‪……………………………………………………….. ,‬‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻗـﻴﻮﺩ [ )ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ( ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫;)‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏٍ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪..‬ﻭﺳﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪CREATE TABLE SCHOOL‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪S_NO‬‬ ‫‪NUMBER (10) ,‬‬
‫‪S_NAME VARCHAR 2 (30) ,‬‬
‫‪S_TYPE CHAR (15) ,‬‬
‫‪S_LOC VARCHAR 2 (30) ,‬‬
‫‪S_DATE DATE‬‬
‫;)‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﺤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Table created .‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺃ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ S‬ﻟﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺃ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﺮﺍﹰ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﻘﻞ ‪..‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﺤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫;‪SQL> DESC SCHOOL‬‬

 ‫ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Null? Type‬‬
‫‪------------------------------- -------- ----‬‬
‫‪S_NO‬‬ ‫)‪NUMBER(10‬‬
‫‪S_NAME‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR2(30‬‬
‫‪S_TYPE‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR(15‬‬
‫‪S_LOC‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR2(30‬‬
‫‪S_DATE‬‬ ‫‪DATE‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺨﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ copied table‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻬـﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫) ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ( ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ‪CREATE TABLE‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬
‫) ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ( ‪SELECT‬‬
‫; ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ‪FROM‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ‪ ، STUDENT‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ ، SCHOOL‬ﻭﺳﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪..‬‬

‫)‪SQL> CREATE TABLE STUDENT (S_NO,S_NAME‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬
‫‪SELECT S_NAME,S_TYPE‬‬
‫; ‪FROM SCHOOL‬‬

‫‪Table created .‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎ ﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ‪ ، STUDENT‬ﻭﻳﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )‪ (S_NO‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ )‪ ،(S_NAME‬ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻟﻬﻤـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻨــﺎ ﺃﺧــﺬﻧﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻟﻬﻤــﺎ ﺑﺄﺧــﺬﻧﺎ ﺣﻘﻠــﻴﻦ ﻫﻤــﺎ ﺣﻘــﻞ ﺍﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳــﺔ )‪ (S_NAME‬ﻭﻧــﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳــﺔ‬
‫)‪ (S_TYPE‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪.SCHOOL‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺀﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ‪STUDENT‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺣﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ، SCHOOL‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> DESC STUDENT‬‬

‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Null? Type‬‬

‫‪------------------------------- -------- ----‬‬
‫‪S_NO‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR(30‬‬
‫‪S_NAME‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR(15‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫* ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫;) ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ( ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪CREATE TABLE‬‬

‫• ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ( ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ‪CREATE TABLE‬‬
‫‪AS‬‬
‫) ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ( ‪SELECT‬‬
‫; ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ‪FROM‬‬
‫* ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁﹸ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ‪ 30‬ﺣﺮﻓﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺨﺰﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ CHAR‬ﻭ ‪ VARCHAR‬ﻭ ‪ VARCHAR2‬ﻭ ‪ NUMBER‬ﻭ‪ RAW‬ﻭ ‪ DATA‬ﻭ ‪. LONG‬‬
 ‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪: VARCHAR & VARCHAR2‬‬
‫ﺃﻥﱠ ‪ VARCHAR2‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴـﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄـﺎﻃﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟـﻮ ﺣﺠﺰﻧـﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺧﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳـﻢ ﻳﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣـﻦ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻧــﻪ ﺳــﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﺼــﺮ ﺍﻟــﻰ ‪ ٦‬ﺧﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴــﺎ ﺑﻌﻜــﺲ ﺍﻟـــ ‪ VARCHAR‬ﻓﺴــﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺠــﺰ ﺟﻤﻴــﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫****************************************************************************************************‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱِ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪.‬ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــﻒ‬
‫‪Email:[email protected]‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠــﺔ ﺗﻌﻠـــﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟــ ـ ـﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻜﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪..‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻜـﻢ ﺇﻻﺻـﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺗﺼـﺎﻝ ﻓﻘـﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻲ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻟـﻴﻜﻢ ﺑـﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺼـﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺘـﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> grant resource to ‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Grant succeeded.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ‪..‬‬

‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﺤـﻮﻱ ﻋـﺪﺓ ﺣﻘـﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺻـﻔﺎﺕِ ﻣﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬـﺎ ﻻﺗﺤﻤـﻞ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩِ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Nut Null‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Unique‬‬
‫• ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Default‬‬
‫• ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Check‬‬
‫• ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪. Primary Key‬‬
‫• ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪. Foreign Key‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪In line constraint ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Out line constraint ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻬـﺎﺀ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ) ‪ ( Default‬ﻓﺘﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 30‬ﺣﺮﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ‪..‬‬

‫‪( Nut Null) ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞٍ ﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏـﺔ ‪..‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺠـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺘـﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ..‬ﻛﺤﻘﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫• ‪In line ‬‬
‫( ‪SQL> create table customer‬‬
‫‪2 cust_no number(4) not null,‬‬
‫)‪3 cust_name varchar2(40‬‬
‫‪not null,‬‬
‫)‪4 cust_address varchar2 (30‬‬
‫;) ‪5‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﺸــﺄﻧﺎ ﻫﻨــﺎ ﺍﻟﺠــﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺨــﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺑــﺎﺋﻦ ؛ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘــﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺭﻗــﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑــﻮﻥ )‪ (cust_no‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ )‪ (cust_name‬ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ‪..‬ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ ‪..‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ )‪ ،(cust_address‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺿﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎﹰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺪ ﻭﻫـﻮ ‪ not null‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻮﺍﺀً ﻓـﻲ ﻧﻔـﺲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮٍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
 ‫• ‪Out line ‬‬
‫( ‪SQL> create table customer‬‬
‫‪2 cust_no number(4),‬‬
‫‪3 cust_name varchar2(40) ,‬‬
‫‪4 cust_address varchar2 (30),‬‬
‫‪5 constraint cust_no_nt‬‬
‫‪6 check (cust_no is not null),‬‬
‫‪7 constraint cust_name_nt‬‬
‫)‪8 check ( cust_name is not null‬‬
‫;) ‪9‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ؛ ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ )ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ( ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ‪..‬‬

‫‪constraint cust_no_nt‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚﹸ ‪ constraint‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀُ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ..‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀُ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ..‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﺑـ‪ nt‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﺃﻣﺎ )‪ check (cust_no is not null‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ cust_no‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎﹰ ‪..‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎﹰ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪( Unique) ‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﻀﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﻟـﻮ ﻭﺿـﻌﻨﺎ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ‪..‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫• ‪In line ‬‬

‫( ‪SQL> create table customer‬‬
‫‪2 cust_no number(4) unique,‬‬
‫‪3 cust_name varchar2(40) not null,‬‬
‫)‪4 cust_address varchar2(30‬‬
‫;) ‪5‬‬
 ‫• ‪Out line ‬‬
‫( ‪SQL> create table customer‬‬
‫‪2 cust_no number(4),‬‬
‫‪3 cust_name varchar2(40) not null,‬‬
‫‪4 cust_address varchar2(30),‬‬
‫‪5 constraint cust_no_uni‬‬
‫)‪6 unique ( cust_no‬‬
‫;) ‪7‬‬

‫‪( Default) ‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺴــﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﻭﺿــﻊ ﻗﻴﻤــﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿــﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘ ـﻞٍ ﻣــﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣــﺜﻼﹰ ﻟﺤﻘــﻞ ﻋﻤــﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟــﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻀــﻊ ﻗﻴﻤــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ In line‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫( ‪create table student‬‬
‫‪std_no number(7) not null,‬‬
‫‪std_name varchar2(40) not null,‬‬
‫)‪std_age number(2‬‬
‫‪default 20 ,‬‬
‫)‪std_nation varchar2(20‬‬
‫'‪default 'saudi‬‬
‫;)‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )‪ ( std_no‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔﹰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻷﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪20‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪‬‬
‫• ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )‪( std_nation‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻧﺼـﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨـﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔﹰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻷﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪Saudi‬‬

‫‪( Check) ‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺤـﺺ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ﻣﺪﺧﻠـﺔ ﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﻣﻌـﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﺒـﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﻗـﻴﻢ ﻣﺤـﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻔﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
 ‫• ‪In line ‬‬
‫( ‪SQL> create table student‬‬
‫‪2 std_no number(7) not null,‬‬
‫‪3 std_name varchar2(40) not null,‬‬
‫)‪4 std_sex varchar2(1‬‬
‫‪5 check ( std_sex in (' m ',' f ')),‬‬
‫)‪6 std_case varchar2(1‬‬
‫‪7 check ( std_case in (' s ',' m',' w ',' d ')),‬‬
‫)‪8 std_age number(2‬‬
‫) ‪9 check ( std_age between 19 and 30‬‬
‫;) ‪10‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )‪ (std_sex‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﻲ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ‪ check‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﻳﻔﺤﺺ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ m‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻛﺮ ‪ ..‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ f‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻧﺜﻰ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻨــﺎ ﺣﻘــﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟــﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴ ـﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻟــﺐ )‪ (std_case‬ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺃﻧــﻪ ﻧﺼــﻲ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨــﺎﻩ ﻗﻴــﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ‪check‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻔﺤﺺ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﻳﻔﺤﺺ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ s‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ w‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﺭﻣﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ m‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ d‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻋﺰﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )‪ (std_ age‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﻲ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺤـﺺ ‪check‬ﻭﻫﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺤﺺ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 19‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.. 30‬‬

‫• ‪Out line ‬‬

‫‪SQL> create table student‬‬
‫‪2 ( std_no number(7) not null,‬‬
‫‪3 std_name varchar2(40) not null,‬‬
‫‪4 std_sex varchar2(1),‬‬
‫‪5 std_case varchar2(1),‬‬
‫‪6 std_age number(2),‬‬
‫‪7 constraint std_sex_chk‬‬
‫‪8 check (std_sex in (' m ',' f ')),‬‬
‫‪9 constraint std_case_chk‬‬
‫‪10 check( std_case in (' s ',' m',' w ',' d ')),‬‬
‫‪11 constraint stdstd_age_chk‬‬
‫)‪12 check ( std_age between 19 and 30‬‬
‫;) ‪13‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍﹰ ‪..‬ﺭﺟـــﺎﺀ ﺣـــــــﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻭﺑﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺼﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﺬ ﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫;‪SQL> drop table ‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ‪...‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫* ﺃﻣﺮ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪: SQL‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> grant resource to ‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Grant succeeded.‬‬
‫* ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Nut Null‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Unique‬‬
‫• ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Default‬‬
‫• ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪. Check‬‬
‫• ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪. Primary Key‬‬
‫• ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪. Foreign Key‬‬
‫* ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪..In line constrain‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪..Out line constrain‬‬
‫* ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀُ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ..‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀُ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ..‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻫـﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺴـﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻤﻴـﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴـﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻋـﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺪ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ) ‪ ( Default‬ﻓﺘﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻣﺮ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫;‪SQL> drop table ‬‬

‫****************************************************************************************************‬
 ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻢ ‪ Mohmad‬ﻭﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪. moh‬‬
‫• ﺍﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﺍﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ )ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ( ‪..‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ " ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪) -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ ٨‬ﺑﺎﻳﺘﺎﺕ (‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺑﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻜﻢ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱِ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﻜﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﻮﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤـﺎ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻻﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻭﻗﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ )ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ( ‪..‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪...‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــﻒ‬
‫‪Email:[email protected]‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠــﺔ ﺗﻌﻠـــﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟــ ـ ـﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﻴﻮﺩِ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ‪..‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﻪ ؛ ﺳﻨﻜﻤﻞﹸ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻻﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻗﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ )ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ( ‪..‬‬

‫‪( Primary Key)‬‬

‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝٍ ﻣﺎ ؛ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻣﺘﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪) Null‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎﹰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ( ‪.‬‬

‫• ‪In line ‬‬

‫‪SQL> create table student‬‬
‫)‪2 ( std_no number(10‬‬
‫‪3 primary key,‬‬
‫)‪4 std_name varchar2(50‬‬
‫;) ‪5‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺸـﺄﻧﺎ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄـﻼﺏ ﺑﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻫـﻮ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﺭﻗـﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ )‪ ،(std_no‬ﻓﻨﺘﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣـﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ؛ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻴﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ Out line ‬‬

‫‪SQL> create table student‬‬
‫‪2 ( std_no number(10) ,‬‬
‫‪3 std_name varchar2(50),‬‬
‫‪4 constraint pk _std_01‬‬
‫)‪5 primary key (std_no‬‬
‫;) ‪6‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻈﻄﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝٍ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟــ ‪Access‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ORACLE‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ )‪. ( Out line‬‬

‫‪( Foreign Key)‬‬

‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝٍ ﻣﺎ ؛ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ )ﺻﻔﺔ ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠـﺮﺑﻂ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺟـﺪﻭﻟﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ـﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒـﻲ ﺑﻬـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺻﻼﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﻋـﻦ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﺗ‪‬ﻀـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺮﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻛﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒـﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ )ﺻـﻔﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﺗ‪‬ﻀـﺎﻑ ﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺮﺑﻄـﻪ ﻣـﻊ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧـﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻮﺟـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ) ‪Data‬‬
‫‪ (Type‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴــﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠــﻮ ﻛــﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴــﻲ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻨــﻮﻉ ﺭﻗــﻢ ﻣــﺜﻼﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠــﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜــﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫• ‪In line ‬‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻨﺸﺊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣـﺎﹰ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴـﺎﹰ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﻣـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻴﺎﹰ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝٍ ﺁﺧـﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺷـﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺈﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺴـﺎﻡ ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻀـﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻝ !‬
 ‫• ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )‪ (Mister‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺏ ‪..‬‬

‫‪SQL> create table section‬‬

‫)‪2 ( sec_no number(2‬‬
‫‪3 primary key ,‬‬
‫‪4 sec_name varchar2(20) not null‬‬
‫;) ‪5‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺴـﺎﻡ ؛ ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﺭﻗـﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴـﻢ )‪ (sec_no‬ﻛﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ‪،‬ﻭﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴـﻢ‬
‫)‪ ( sec_name‬ﺑﻘﻴﺪ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎﹰ ‪..‬‬

‫• ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ )‪ (Detail‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ‪..‬‬

‫( ‪SQL> create table student‬‬

‫)‪2 std_no number(7‬‬
‫‪3 primary key,‬‬
‫‪4 std_name varchar2 (30) not null,‬‬
‫‪5 sec_no number(2) references‬‬
‫)‪6 section (sec_no‬‬
‫;) ‪7‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ؛ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪..‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻘﻴﺪ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎﹰ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ) ‪ sec_no‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ( ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﺃﻣـﺮ ﺿـﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟـﺪﺍﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ‪، ..‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠــﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜــﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔــﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﻧﻔــﺲ ﻧــﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺠــﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴــﻲ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺷــﺮ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ‬
‫‪..‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺮﻃﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ references‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ Section‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ sec_no‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ ( ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪. In line‬‬

‫• ‪Out line ‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﻬـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻻﻳﻬﻤﻨـﺎ ﺇﻧﺸـﺎﺋﻪ ﺑـﺄﻱ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺤﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺠﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪..‬‬
‫;‪SQL> drop table section‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨـﺎ ﺣـﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ‪،‬ﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃـﻪ ﺑﺤﻘـﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ﺑﺠـﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﹰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.. Out line‬‬
‫;‪SQL> drop table student‬‬

‫‪Table dropped.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺤﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﻞ ﻧﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫;‪SQL> select *from tab‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪TNAME‬‬ ‫‪TABTYPE CLUSTERID‬‬
‫‪------------------------------ ------- ---------‬‬
‫‪SECTION‬‬ ‫‪TABLE‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻨﺸﺊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺃﻧﺸـﺄﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘـﺔ ‪ In line‬ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒـﻲ ﻓﺴﻨﻨﺸـﺌﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺷـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.. Out line‬‬
‫( ‪SQL> create table student‬‬
‫‪2 std_no number(7)primary key,‬‬
‫‪3 std_name varchar2 (30) not null,‬‬
‫‪4 sec_no number(2),‬‬
‫‪5 std_age number(2),‬‬
‫‪6 constraint fk_std_01‬‬
‫)‪7 foreign key (sec_no‬‬
‫)‪8 references section (sec_no‬‬
‫;) ‪9‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣــﻆ ﺃﻧــﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿــﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻭﺟــﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴــﻲ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠــﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﺭﻗــﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟــﺐ‬
‫)‪ ، ( std_no‬ﺍﺣﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎﹰ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺎﹰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )‪ ، (sec_no‬ﻓﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤـﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧـﺬ ﺍﺳـﻤﺎﹰ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪)..‬ﺟﺮﺏ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺑﻨـﻮﻉ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺤﺠـﻢ ﻳﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺒﺮ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛـﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻨـﺎ ﻧﺮﻳـﺪ ﺇﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣﺮﺟﻌـﻲ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )‪ (sec_no‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ student‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪. section‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺑﻦ ‪ ، student :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘـﻮﺍﺀ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ‪.. section :‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨــﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜــﻮﻥ ﻟــﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟــﺪﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺃﺣــﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺭﺋﻴﺴــﻲ )‪ (Mister‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺘﻤــﺪ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﺍﻟﺠــﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪..‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ )‪ (Detail‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﺑﻦ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺃﺟﻨﺒـﻲ ﻓﺈﻧـﻪ ﻻ ﻧﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺤـﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟـ )‪.. (Mister‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘــﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟــﻰ ﺍﻷﺳــﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﺿــﻌﻒ ‪ :‬ﺣــﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﺠــﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺑــﻦ ﺍﻟـــ )‪ ( Detail‬ﺛــﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟـ )‪.. (Mister‬‬
‫; ‪SQL> delete from student‬‬

‫; ‪SQL> delete from section‬‬

‫• ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺗﺼـﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟــ )‪ ( Detail‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫‪On delete cascade‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺑﻦ ﺍﻟـ )‪ ( Detail‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬

‫( ‪SQL> create table student‬‬

‫‪2 std_no number(7)primary key,‬‬
‫‪3 std_name varchar2 (30) not null,‬‬
‫‪4 sec_no number(2),‬‬
‫‪5 std_age number(2),‬‬
‫‪6 constraint fk_std_01‬‬
‫)‪7 foreign key (sec_no‬‬
‫)‪8 references section (sec_no‬‬
‫‪on delete cascade‬‬
‫;) ‪9‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛـﻞ ﻟـﻦ ﻳﺴـﻤﺢ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺑﺤـﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴــﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴــﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺠــﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﺍﻷﻗﺴــﺎﻡ )‪ ، (section‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤــﺎ ﺳــﻴﺘﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤــﺬﻑ ﻓــﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺑﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ )‪. (student‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻭﺑﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺼﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺯﺑﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻞ ﻓﺎﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺍﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﻟﻘﻴــــــﺪ‪( Primary Key) ‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝٍ ﻣﺎﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻈﻄـﺮ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺇﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝٍ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋﻤـﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ )‪ ( Out line‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻘﻴــــــﺪ‪(Foreign Key) ‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝٍ ﻣﺎ ؛ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ )ﺻﻔﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗ‪‬ﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺮﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧـﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻮﺟـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ (Data Type‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ‪constraint‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻦ ‪foreign key‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺏ( ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ‪references‬‬
‫‪on delete cascade‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻞ ‪...‬‬
‫• ‪ constraint‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌـﺪﻫﺎ ﺳـﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳـﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﻘﻴـﺪٍِ ﻣﻌـﻴﻦ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﻣﻌـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﻘﺎﹰ ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪..‬‬
‫• ‪ foreign key‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﻘﻴﺪٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ )ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ( ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻜﺘـﺐ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤـﺎ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺪ ﻣﻌﺒـﺮﺍﹰ ﻭﺳـﻬﻼﹰ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ‪fk_std_01‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪fk ‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‪ std ‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﻨـﻲ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻜـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍﹰ ﻓـــــ ‪01‬ﻓﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄـﻼﺏ ‪..‬ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻟـﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 02‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ‪..‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﻟﻤـﺎﺫ ﺍ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ؟!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ‪ ...‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﻰﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼﹰ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻣﺌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓـﻲ ﻗﻴـﺪ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﻣﻌـﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻐـﻲ ﻗﻴـﺪ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﻣﻌـﻴﻦ ‪..‬ﻓﺈﻧـﻚ ﺳـﺘﻤﻜﺚ ﻭﻗﺘـﺎﹰ ﻟـﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪..‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﺴﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷـﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺑـﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴـﺚ ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑـﺔ ﺍﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒـﻲ ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺑـﻦ ‪..‬ﻭﻳﺠـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﻔـﺲ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺠـﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ‪ References‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ )ﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ( ﺇﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣﺮﺟﻌـﻲ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒـﻲ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ‪..‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ( ‪..‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ )‪..(..‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ( ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴـﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺸﻨﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬
‫• ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍﹰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ on delete cascade‬ﻓﻔﺎﺋﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺑـﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨـﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻨـﺎ ﻟﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌــﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳــﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘــﻞ ﺍﻟﺜــﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴــﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣــﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟــﻦ ﻳﺴــﻤﺢ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻛــﻞ ﻓﻘــﻂ ﺑﺤــﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺑﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫****************************************************************************************************‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﺩﻋﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻﺗﺮﺩ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻌﻪ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــﻒ‬
‫‪Email:[email protected]‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠــﺔ ﺗﻌﻠـــﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟــ ـ ـﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ) ‪ ( CREATE TABLE‬ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻟﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﻴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ) ‪ ، ( DROP TABLE‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﻴـﺮﺍﹰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ) ‪ ، ( ALTER TABLE‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪SQL‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ‪. DML‬‬
‫‪: ALTER TABLE‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺣﻘﻞٍ ﻣﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪..‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫• ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻨﺸﺊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ADD‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ALTER TABLE‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫] ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻗـﻴﻮﺩ [ )ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ(‬
‫;)‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪. ADD‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼـﻴﻐﺔ ﺟﻴـﺪﺍﹰ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘـﻞ ﺟـﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻄـﻼﺏ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺳـﻮﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳــﺔ ‪ ) S_SEX‬ﺫﻛــﺮ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧﺜــﻰ ( ﻷﻭﻝ ﺟــﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﺸــﺄﻧﺎﻩ ﺳــﻮﻳﺎﹰ ﻭﻫــﻮ ‪.. SCHOOL‬ﻭﺳ ـﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ SCHOOL‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪..‬‬

‫;‪SQL> desc school‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﹰ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬‬

‫‪Object does not exist.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ‪..‬‬
‫‪CREATE TABLE SCHOOL‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪S_NO‬‬ ‫‪NUMBER (10) ,‬‬
‫‪S_NAME VARCHAR2 (30) ,‬‬
‫‪S_TYPE CHAR (15) ,‬‬
‫‪S_LOC‬‬ ‫‪VARCHAR2 (30) ,‬‬
‫‪S_DATE DATE‬‬
‫;)‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ‪..‬‬

‫;‪SQL> DESC SCHOOL‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬

‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Null? Type‬‬

‫‪------------------------------- -------- ----‬‬
‫‪S_NO‬‬ ‫)‪NUMBER(10‬‬
‫‪S_NAME‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR2(30‬‬
‫‪S_TYPE‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR(15‬‬
‫‪S_LOC‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR2(30‬‬
‫‪S_DATE‬‬ ‫‪DATE‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ‪ ) S_SEX‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧﺜﻰ (‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻨﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪..‬‬
‫‪alter table school add‬‬
‫)‪( s_sex varchar2(10‬‬
‫;)‬

‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪..‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪..‬‬

‫‪Table altered.‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ‪..‬‬

‫;‪SQL> DESC SCHOOL‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪..‬‬

‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Null? Type‬‬

‫‪------------------------------- -------- ----‬‬
‫‪S_NO‬‬ ‫)‪NUMBER(10‬‬
‫‪S_NAME‬‬ ‫)‪VARCHAR2(30‬‬
‫‪S_TYPE‬‬ ‫)‪CHAR(15‬‬
‫‪S_LOC‬‬ ‫)‪VARCHAR2(30‬‬
‫‪S_DATE‬‬ ‫‪DATE‬‬
‫‪S_SEX‬‬ ‫)‪VARCHAR2(10‬‬

‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ S_SEX‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭ ﻝ ‪..‬‬

‫• ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﺓ ﺳـﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺰﻳﻨﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﺻـﻔﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫****************** )ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﻓﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ (******************‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ VARCHAR2‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪. CHAR‬‬
‫• ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪. NUMBER‬‬
‫• ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺣﻘﻞ ‪. NUMBER‬‬
‫• ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻋﻤﻮ ﺩ ‪ VARCHAR2‬ﺃﻭ ‪. CHAR‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﻏـﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻞٍ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪..‬‬

‫‪ MODIFY‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ALTER TABLE‬‬

‫(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫;)‬

‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺮﻳـــﺪ ﻣـــﺜﻼﹰ ﺗﻌـــﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺻـــﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـــﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳـــﺪ ‪ S_SEX‬ﺍﻟـــﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺸـــﺄﻧﺎﻩ ﻣـــﺆﺧﺮﺍﹰ ﻣـــﻦ ﺍﻟﻨـــﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ VARCHAR2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ .. CHAR‬ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Alter table school modify‬‬

‫)‪( s_sex char(10‬‬
‫;)‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Table altered.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣـ ـﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜـــﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴـــﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼـــﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺠـــﺪﻭﻝ ﻟـــﻨﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﻐﻴـــﺮ ﺻـــﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـــﻞ ‪ SEX‬ﻣـــﻦ ﺍﻟﻨـــﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ VARCHAR2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪.. CHAR‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧـﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻭﺗـﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ) ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄـﺄ ( ﺗﻌﻨـﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻞ ﻳﺠـﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓـﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺻـﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪: ALTER TABLE‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺣﻘﻞٍ ﻣﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪..‬‬
 ‫• ‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ADD‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ALTER TABLE‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫] ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻗـﻴﻮﺩ [ )ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ(‬
‫;)‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪. ADD‬‬

‫• ‪‬‬
‫‪ MODIFY‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ALTER TABLE‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫;)‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻖ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪)...‬ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﻓﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ (‪...‬‬
‫****************************************************************************************************‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ‪ .. ALTER‬ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪.‬ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــﻒ‬
‫‪Email:[email protected]‬‬